8.13.3 TDD-FDD (CA and DC)

36.521-13GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)Part 1: Conformance testingRadio transmission and receptionRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification

8.13.3.1 Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing

8.13.3.1.1 Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for FDD PCell
8.13.3.1.1.1 Minimum Requirement

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-5 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-6 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-7 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter

Unit

Value

Downlink power allocation

dB

-6

dB

-6 (Note 1)

σ

dB

3

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

Precoding granularity

PRB

Wideband precoding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 2)

FDD CC

ms

8

TDD CC

ms

10 or 11

Reporting interval

FDD CC

ms

1

TDD CC

ms

1 or 4 (Note 3)

Reporting mode

PUSCH 1-2

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

CSI request field (Note 3)

‘10’

PDSCH transmission mode

4

Note 1: .

Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers.

Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3.

Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.14-4 FDD

R.14-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

7.5

3MHz

R.14-5 FDD

R.14-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

9.5

5.1

5MHz

R.14-6 FDD

R.14-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

9.5

5.2

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.1

5.7

15MHz

R.14-7 FDD

R.14-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.1

5.6

20MHz

R.14-3 FDD

R.14-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.3

5.6

Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.43-1 TDD

R.43-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

8.1

3MHz

R.43-2 TDD

R.43-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

9.8

5.4

5MHz

R.43-3 TDD

R.43-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.0

5.9

10 MHz

R.43-4 TDD

R.43-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.5

6.3

15MHz

R.43-5 TDD

R.43-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.6

6.2

20MHz

R.43 TDD

R.43 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.7

6.4

Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-5: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

3×20

20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+20+15

15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+20+10

10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

4

3×20

2×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

5

20+20+15

20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

6

20+20+10

20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

7

20+10+10

2×10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

8

10+15+20

10

15+20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

9

10+15+20

10+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-6: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

4×20

20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥8

2

4×20

2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC

≥8

3

3×20+15

20+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

4

2×15+2×20

2×15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

5

3×20+15

2×20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

6

2×15+2×20

2×15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

7

3×20+10

2×20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

8

4×20

3×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

9

10+3×20

10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

10

2×10+2×20

2×10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

11

2×10+20+15

2×10

20+15

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

12

10+3×20

10+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

13

10+15+2×20

10+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

14

10+15+2×20

10+15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-7: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

15+4×20

15+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

2

2×15+3×20

2×15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

3

4×20+20

4×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

4

3×20+2×20

3×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

5

2×20+3×20

2×20

3X20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

6

20+4×20

20

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

7

10+4×20

10

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

8

10+20+3×20

10+20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

9

2×10+3×20

2×10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

10

10+2×20+2×20

10+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

11

10+15+20+2×20

10+15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

8.13.3.1.1.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for FDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.13.3.1.1.2.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.13.3.1.1.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.

8.13.3.1.1.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.1.

8.13.3.1.1.2.4 Test description

8.13.3.1.1.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3.

8.13.3.1.1.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 or 8.13.3.1.1.1-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

p-a

dB-6

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo CHOICE {

explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {

n4TxAntenna-tm4

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

}

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfig-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

BIT STRING

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

}

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic

rm12

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

RBC

cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r9

Not present

csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11000000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

betaOffset-ACK-Index

5

betaOffset-RI-Index

6

betaOffset-CQI-Index

5

}

8.13.3.1.1.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.14-4 FDD

R.14-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.3

8.4

3MHz

R.14-5 FDD

R.14-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.0

5MHz

R.14-6 FDD

R.14-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.1

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.6

15MHz

R.14-7 FDD

R.14-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.5

20MHz

R.14-3 FDD

R.14-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.2

6.5

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.43-1 TDD

R.43-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.9

9.0

3MHz

R.43-2 TDD

R.43-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.7

6.3

5MHz

R.43-3 TDD

R.43-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.9

6.8

10 MHz

R.43-4 TDD

R.43-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.4

7.4

15MHz

R.43-5 TDD

R.43-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.5

7.1

20MHz

R.43 TDD

R.43 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.6

7.3

Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.1.1.3 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for FDD PCell (3DL CA)

8.13.3.1.1.3.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.13.3.1.1.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with FDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.

8.13.3.1.1.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.1.

8.13.3.1.1.3.4 Test description

8.13.3.1.1.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3.

8.13.3.1.1.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 or 8.13.3.1.1.1-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

p-a

dB-6

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo CHOICE {

explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {

n4TxAntenna-tm4

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

}

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfig-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

BIT STRING

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

}

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic

rm12

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

RBC

cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r9

Not present

csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11100000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

betaOffset-ACK-Index

5

betaOffset-RI-Index

6

betaOffset-CQI-Index

5

}

8.13.3.1.1.3.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.14-4 FDD

R.14-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.3

8.4

3MHz

R.14-5 FDD

R.14-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.0

5MHz

R.14-6 FDD

R.14-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.1

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.6

15MHz

R.14-7 FDD

R.14-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.5

20MHz

R.14-3 FDD

R.14-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.2

6.5

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.43-1 TDD

R.43-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.9

9.0

3MHz

R.43-2 TDD

R.43-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.7

6.3

5MHz

R.43-3 TDD

R.43-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.9

6.8

10 MHz

R.43-4 TDD

R.43-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.4

7.4

15MHz

R.43-5 TDD

R.43-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.5

7.1

20MHz

R.43 TDD

R.43 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.6

7.3

Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

3×20

20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+20+15

15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+20+10

10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

4

3×20

2×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

5

20+20+15

20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

6

20+20+10

20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

7

20+10+10

2×10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

8

10+15+20

10

15+20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

9

10+15+20

10+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.1.1.4 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for FDD PCell (4DL CA)

8.13.3.1.1.4.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.13.3.1.1.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with FDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.

8.13.3.1.1.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.1.

8.13.3.1.1.4.4 Test description

8.13.3.1.1.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.4.4.3.

8.13.3.1.1.4.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.2 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1

8.13.3.1.1.4.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11110000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

8.13.3.1.1.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.14-4 FDD

R.14-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.3

8.4

3MHz

R.14-5 FDD

R.14-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.0

5MHz

R.14-6 FDD

R.14-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.1

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.6

15MHz

R.14-7 FDD

R.14-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.5

20MHz

R.14-3 FDD

R.14-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.2

6.5

Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.43-1 TDD

R.43-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.9

9.0

3MHz

R.43-2 TDD

R.43-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.7

6.3

5MHz

R.43-3 TDD

R.43-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.9

6.8

10 MHz

R.43-4 TDD

R.43-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.4

7.4

15MHz

R.43-5 TDD

R.43-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.5

7.1

20MHz

R.43 TDD

R.43 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.6

7.3

Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

4×20

20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

2

4×20

2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

3

3×20+15

20+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

4

2×15+2×20

2×15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

5

3×20+15

2×20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

6

2×15+2×20

2×15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5.1-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

7

3×20+10

2×20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

8

4×20

3×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

9

10+3×20

10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

10

2×10+2×20

2×10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

11

2×10+20+15

2×10

20+15

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

12

10+3×20

10+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

13

10+15+2×20

10+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

14

10+15+2×20

10+15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.1.1.5 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for FDD PCell (5DL CA)

8.13.3.1.1.5.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.13.3.1.1.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, 11 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with FDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.

8.13.3.1.1.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.1.

8.13.3.1.1.5.4 Test description

8.13.3.1.1.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.5.4.3.

8.13.3.1.1.5.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.2 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1

8.13.3.1.1.5.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11111000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

8.13.3.1.1.5.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.14-4 FDD

R.14-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.3

8.4

3MHz

R.14-5 FDD

R.14-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.0

5MHz

R.14-6 FDD

R.14-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.1

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.6

15MHz

R.14-7 FDD

R.14-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.5

20MHz

R.14-3 FDD

R.14-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.2

6.5

Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.43-1 TDD

R.43-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.9

9.0

3MHz

R.43-2 TDD

R.43-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.7

6.3

5MHz

R.43-3 TDD

R.43-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.9

6.8

10 MHz

R.43-4 TDD

R.43-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.4

7.4

15MHz

R.43-5 TDD

R.43-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.5

7.1

20MHz

R.43 TDD

R.43 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.6

7.3

Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

15+4×20

15+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

2

2×15+3×20

2×15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

3

4×20+20

4×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

4

3×20+2×20

3×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

5

2×20+3×20

2×20

3X20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

6

20+4×20

20

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

7

10+4×20

10

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

8

10+20+3×20

10+20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

9

2×10+3×20

2×10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

10

10+2×20+2×20

10+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

11

10+15+20+2×20

10+15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.1.2 Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for TDD PCell
8.13.3.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-5 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-6 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-7 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter

Unit

Value

Downlink power allocation

dB

-6

dB

-6 (Note 1)

σ

dB

3

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

Precoding granularity

PRB

Wideband pre-coding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 2)

FDD CC

ms

8

TDD CC

ms

10 or 11

Reporting interval

FDD CC

ms

1

TDD CC

ms

1 or 4 (Note 3)

Reporting mode

PUSCH 1-2

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

CSI request field (Note 3)

‘10’

PDSCH transmission mode

TM4

Note 1: .

Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers.

Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3.

Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.14-4 FDD

R.14-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

7.5

3MHz

R.14-5 FDD

R.14-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

9.5

5.1

5MHz

R.14-6 FDD

R.14-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

9.5

5.2

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.1

5.7

15MHz

R.14-7 FDD

R.14-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.1

5.6

20MHz

R.14-3 FDD

R.14-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.3

5.6

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.43-1 TDD

R.43-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

8.1

3MHz

R.43-2 TDD

R.43-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

9.8

5.4

5MHz

R.43-3 TDD

R.43-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.0

5.9

10 MHz

R.43-4 TDD

R.43-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.5

6.3

15MHz

R.43-5 TDD

R.43-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.6

6.2

20MHz

R.43 TDD

R.43 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.7

6.4

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-5: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

3×20

20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+20+15

15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+20+10

10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

4

3×20

2×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

5

20+20+15

20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

6

20+20+10

20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

7

20+10+10

2×10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

8

10+15+20

10

15+20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

9

10+15+20

10+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-6: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

4×20

20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

2

4×20

2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

3

3×20+15

20+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

4

2×15+2×20

2×15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

5

3×20+15

2×20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

6

2×15+2×20

2×15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

7

3×20+10

2×20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

8

4×20

3×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

9

10+3×20

10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

10

2×10+2×20

2×10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

11

2×10+20+15

2×10

20+15

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

12

10+3×20

10+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

13

10+15+2×20

10+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

14

10+15+2×20

10+15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-7: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

15+4×20

15+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

2

2×15+3×20

2×15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

3

4×20+20

4×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

4

3×20+2×20

3×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

5

2×20+3×20

2×20

3X20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

6

20+4×20

20

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

7

10+4×20

10

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

8

10+20+3×20

10+20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

9

2×10+3×20

2×10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

10

10+2×20+2×20

10+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

11

10+15+20+2×20

10+15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

8.13.3.1.2.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for TDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.13.3.1.2.2.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.13.3.1.2.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.

8.13.3.1.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.1.

8.13.3.1.2.2.4 Test description

8.13.3.1.2.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.2.1.1-1as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3.

8.13.3.1.2.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.1.2.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.2.3-2 or 8.13.3.1.2.2.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

p-a

dB-6

}

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo CHOICE {

explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {

n4TxAntenna-tm4

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

}

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

}

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

BIT STRING

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

}

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic

rm12

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

RBC

cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r9

Not present

csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11000000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

betaOffset-ACK-Index

5

betaOffset-RI-Index

6

betaOffset-CQI-Index

5

}

8.13.3.1.2.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.14-4 FDD

R.14-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.3

8.4

3MHz

R.14-5 FDD

R.14-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.0

5MHz

R.14-6 FDD

R.14-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.1

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.6

15MHz

R.14-7 FDD

R.14-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.5

20MHz

R.14-3 FDD

R.14-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.2

6.5

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.43-1 TDD

R.43-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.9

9.0

3MHz

R.43-2 TDD

R.43-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.7

6.3

5MHz

R.43-3 TDD

R.43-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.9

6.8

10 MHz

R.43-4 TDD

R.43-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.4

7.2

15MHz

R.43-5 TDD

R.43-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.5

7.1

20MHz

R.43 TDD

R.43 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.6

7.3

Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.1.2.3 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for TDD PCell (3DL CA)

8.13.3.1.2.3.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.13.3.1.2.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with TDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.

8.13.3.1.2.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.1.

8.13.3.1.2.3.4 Test description

8.13.3.1.2.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.2.1.1-1as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.3.4.3.

8.13.3.1.2.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.3.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.1.2.3.3-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.3.3-2 or 8.13.3.1.2.3.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-2 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.13.3.1.2.3.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11100000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

8.13.3.1.2.3.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.14-4 FDD

R.14-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.3

8.4

3MHz

R.14-5 FDD

R.14-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.0

5MHz

R.14-6 FDD

R.14-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.1

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.6

15MHz

R.14-7 FDD

R.14-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.5

20MHz

R.14-3 FDD

R.14-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.2

6.5

Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.43-1 TDD

R.43-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.9

9.0

3MHz

R.43-2 TDD

R.43-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.7

6.3

5MHz

R.43-3 TDD

R.43-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.9

6.8

10 MHz

R.43-4 TDD

R.43-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.4

7.2

15MHz

R.43-5 TDD

R.43-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.5

7.1

20MHz

R.43 TDD

R.43 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.6

7.3

Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

3×20

20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+20+15

15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+20+10

10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

4

3×20

2×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

5

20+20+15

20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

6

20+20+10

20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

7

20+10+10

2×10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

8

10+15+20

10

15+20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

9

10+15+20

10+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.1.2.4 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for TDD PCell (4DL CA)

8.13.3.1.2.4.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.13.3.1.2.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with TDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.

8.13.3.1.2.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.1.

8.13.3.1.2.4.4 Test description

8.13.3.1.2.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.2.1.1-1as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.4.4.3.

8.13.3.1.2.4.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 8.13.3.1.2.3.4.2 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1

8.13.3.1.2.4.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11110000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

8.13.3.1.2.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.14-4 FDD

R.14-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.3

8.4

3MHz

R.14-5 FDD

R.14-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.0

5MHz

R.14-6 FDD

R.14-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.1

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.6

15MHz

R.14-7 FDD

R.14-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.5

20MHz

R.14-3 FDD

R.14-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.2

6.5

Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.43-1 TDD

R.43-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.9

9.0

3MHz

R.43-2 TDD

R.43-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.7

6.3

5MHz

R.43-3 TDD

R.43-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.9

6.8

10 MHz

R.43-4 TDD

R.43-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.4

7.2

15MHz

R.43-5 TDD

R.43-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.5

7.1

20MHz

R.43 TDD

R.43 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.6

7.3

Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

4×20

20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

2

4×20

2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

3

3×20+15

20+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

4

2×15+2×20

2×15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

5

3×20+15

2×20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

6

2×15+2×20

2×15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

7

3×20+10

2×20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

8

4×20

3×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

9

10+3×20

10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

10

2×10+2×20

2×10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

11

2×10+20+15

2×10

20+15

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

12

10+3×20

10+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

13

10+15+2×20

10+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

14

10+15+2×20

10+15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥8

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.1.2.5 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for TDD PCell (5DL CA)

8.13.3.1.2.5.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.13.3.1.2.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, 11 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with TDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.

8.13.3.1.2.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.1.

8.13.3.1.2.5.4 Test description

8.13.3.1.2.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.2.1.1-1as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.5.4.3.

8.13.3.1.2.5.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 8.13.3.1.2.3.4.2 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1

8.13.3.1.2.5.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11111000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

8.13.3.1.2.5.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.14-4 FDD

R.14-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.3

8.4

3MHz

R.14-5 FDD

R.14-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.0

5MHz

R.14-6 FDD

R.14-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.4

6.1

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.6

15MHz

R.14-7 FDD

R.14-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.0

6.5

20MHz

R.14-3 FDD

R.14-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.2

6.5

Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

1.4MHz

R.43-1 TDD

R.43-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.9

9.0

3MHz

R.43-2 TDD

R.43-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.7

6.3

5MHz

R.43-3 TDD

R.43-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

10.9

6.8

10 MHz

R.43-4 TDD

R.43-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.4

7.2

15MHz

R.43-5 TDD

R.43-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.5

7.1

20MHz

R.43 TDD

R.43 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

11.6

7.3

Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

15+4×20

15+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

2

2×15+3×20

2×15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

3

4×20+20

4×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

4

3×20+2×20

3×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

5

2×20+3×20

2×20

3X20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

6

20+4×20

20

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

7

10+4×20

10

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

8

10+20+3×20

10+20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

9

2×10+3×20

2×10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

10

10+2×20+2×20

10+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

11

10+15+20+2×20

10+15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.2 Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.13.3.2.1 Minimum Requirement Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port for FDD PCell

The purpose of these tests is to verify dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-5 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-6 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-7 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.13.3.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter

Unit

Values

Downlink power allocation

dB

0

dB

0 (Note 1)

σ

dB

-3

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna ports 0 and 1

Cell ID

0

CSI reference signals

Antenna ports 15,16

Beamforming model

Annex B.4.2

CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / CSI-RS

FDD CC

Subframes

5 / 2

TDD CC

5 / 4

CSI reference signal configuration

8

Zero-power CSI-RS configuration ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap

FDD CC

Subframes / bitmap

3 / 0010000000000000

TDD CC

4 / 0010000000000000

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

FDD CC

Reference Value in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2

TDD CC

Reference Value in Table 8.13.3.2.1-3

Symbols for unused PRBs

OCNG (Note 2)

Number of allocated resource blocks (Note 2)

PRB

50

Simultaneous transmission

No

PDSCH transmission mode

9

Note 1:

Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Note 3: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3.

Table 8.13.3.2.1-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 FDD

R.51-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.2

9.0

10 MHz

R.51 FDD

R.51 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.7

8.8

15MHz

R.51-3 FDD

R.51-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.6

8.7

20MHz

R.51-4 FDD

R.51-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.3

8.8

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.1-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 TDD

R.51-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.0

9.0

10 MHz

R.51 TDD

R.51 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

9.1

15MHz

R.51-3 TDD

R.51-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

9.2

20MHz

R.51-4 TDD

R.51-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.1

9.3

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.1-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.2.1-5: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

3×20

20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+20+15

15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+20+10

10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

4

3×20

2×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

5

20+20+15

20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

6

20+20+10

20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

7

20+10+10

2×10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

8

10+15+20

10

15+20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

9

10+15+20

10+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.2.1-6: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

4×20

20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

2

4×20

2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

3

3×20+15

20+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

4

2×15+2×20

2×15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

5

3×20+15

2×20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

6

2×15+2×20

2×15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

7

3×20+10

2×20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥8

8

4×20

3×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

9

10+3×20

10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

10

2×10+2×20

2×10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

11

2×10+20+15

2×10

20+15

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

12

10+3×20

10+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

13

10+15+2×20

10+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

14

10+15+2×20

10+15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.2.1-7: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

15+4×20

15+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

2

2×15+3×20

2×15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

3

4×20+20

4×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

4

3×20+2×20

3×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

5

2×20+3×20

2×20

3X20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

6

20+4×20

20

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

7

10+4×20

10

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

8

10+20+3×20

10+20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

9

2×10+3×20

2×10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

10

10+2×20+2×20

10+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

11

10+15+20+2×20

10+15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

8, ≥11

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.2.1.

8.13.3.2.2 Minimum Requirement Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port for TDD PCell

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-5 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-6 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-7 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.13.3.2.2-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter

Unit

Values

Downlink power allocation

dB

0

dB

0 (Note 1)

σ

dB

-3

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna ports 0 and 1

Cell ID

0

CSI reference signals

Antenna ports 15,16

Beamforming model

Annex B.4.2

CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / CSI-RS

FDD CC

Subframes

5 / 2

TDD CC

5 / 4

CSI reference signal configuration

8

Zero-power CSI-RS configuration ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap

FDD CC

Subframes / bitmap

3 / 0010000000000000

TDD CC

4 / 0010000000000000

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

FDD CC

Reference Value in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2

TDD CC

Reference Value in Table 8.13.3.2.2-3

Symbols for unused PRBs

OCNG (Note 2)

Number of allocated resource blocks (Note 2)

PRB

50

Simultaneous transmission

No

PDSCH transmission mode

9

Note 1:

Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Note 3: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3.

Table 8.13.3.2.2-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 FDD

R.51-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.2

9.0

10 MHz

R.51 FDD

R.51 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.7

8.8

15MHz

R.51-3 FDD

R.51-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.6

8.7

20MHz

R.51-4 FDD

R.51-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.3

8.8

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.2-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 TDD

R.51-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.0

9.0

10 MHz

R.51 TDD

R.51 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

9.1

15MHz

R.51-3 TDD

R.51-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

9.2

20MHz

R.51-4 TDD

R.51-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.1

9.3

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.2-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.2.2-5: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

3×20

20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+20+15

15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+20+10

10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥5

4

3×20

2×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥5

5

20+20+15

20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥5

6

20+20+10

20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥5

7

20+10+10

2×10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥5

8

10+15+20

10

15+20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

9

10+15+20

10+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.2.2-6: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

4×20

20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥8

2

4×20

2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥8

3

3×20+15

20+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥8

4

2×15+2×20

2×15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥8

5

3×20+15

2×20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥8

6

2×15+2×20

2×15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥8

7

3×20+10

2×20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

≥8

8

4×20

3×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

9

10+3×20

10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

10

2×10+2×20

2×10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

11

2×10+20+15

2×10

20+15

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

12

10+3×20

10+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

13

10+15+2×20

10+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

14

10+15+2×20

10+15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC

≥8

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Table 8.13.3.2.2-7: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

15+4×20

15+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

2

2×15+3×20

2×15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

3

4×20+20

4×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

4

3×20+2×20

3×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

5

2×20+3×20

2×20

3X20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

6

20+4×20

20

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

7

10+4×20

10

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

8

10+20+3×20

10+20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

9

2×10+3×20

2×10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

10

10+2×20+2×20

10+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

11

10+15+20+2×20

10+15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC

8, ≥11

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.2.2.

8.13.3.2.3 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for FDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (2DL CA)
8.13.3.2.3.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s rank-2 performance and ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 using DM-RS with full RB allocation with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power.

8.13.3.2.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

8.13.3.2.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.1.

8.13.3.2.3.4 Test description

8.13.3.2.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.3.4.3.

8.13.3.2.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.3.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.1-2, 8.13.3.2.1-3 and 8.13.3.2.1-4 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.3.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.3.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.

6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.2.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.2.3.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.6 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo

Not present

antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{

explicitValue-r10

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10

}

csi-RS-Config-r10

CSI-RS-Config-r10

}

Table 8.13.3.2.3.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo

Not present

antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{

explicitValue-r10

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10

}

csi-RS-Config-r10

CSI-RS-Config-r10

}

Table 8.13.3.2.3.4.3-3: AntennaInfoDedicated-r10

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm9-v1020

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

Not present

If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN only configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

Release

NULL

}

}

Table 8.13.3.2.3.4.3-4: CSI-RS-Config-r10

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-RS-r10 CHOICE{

setup SEQUENCE {

antennaPortsCount-r10

an2

Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals

resourceConfig-r10

8

Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration

subframeConfig-r10

2

= when CSI-RS SubframeConfig is from 0-4; Parameter:

FDD cell

4

TDD cell

p-C-r10

0

Parameter: which is the assumed ratio of PDSCH EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE when UE derives CSI feedback

}

}

zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10 CHOICE{

setup SEQUENCE {

zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList-r10

2

Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS

zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig-r10

3

Parameter:

FDD cell

4

TDD cell

}

}

}

8.13.3.2.3.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.3.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.3.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 FDD

R.51-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.2

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 FDD

R.51 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.7

9.7

15MHz

R.51-3 FDD

R.51-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.6

9.6

20MHz

R.51-4 FDD

R.51-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.3

9.7

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 TDD

R.51-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.0

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 TDD

R.51 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.0

15MHz

R.51-3 TDD

R.51-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.1

20MHz

R.51-4 TDD

R.51-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.1

10.2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.2.4 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for FDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (3DL CA)
8.13.3.2.4.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.3.1

8.13.3.2.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

8.13.3.2.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.1.

8.13.3.2.4.4 Test description

8.13.3.2.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.4.4.3.

8.13.3.2.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.1-2, 8.13.3.2.1-3 and 8.13.3.2.1-4 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.

6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.2.4.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.3.4.3

8.13.3.2.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 FDD

R.51-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.2

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 FDD

R.51 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.7

9.7

15MHz

R.51-3 FDD

R.51-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.6

9.6

20MHz

R.51-4 FDD

R.51-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.3

9.7

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 TDD

R.51-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.0

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 TDD

R.51 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.0

15MHz

R.51-3 TDD

R.51-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.1

20MHz

R.51-4 TDD

R.51-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.1

10.2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

3×20

20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+20+15

15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+20+10

10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥5

4

3×20

2×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥5

5

20+20+15

20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥5

6

20+20+10

20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥5

7

20+10+10

2×10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥5

8

10+15+20

10

15+20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥5

9

10+15+20

10+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.2.5 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for FDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (4DL CA)
8.13.3.2.5.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.3.1

8.13.3.2.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

8.13.3.2.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.1.

8.13.3.2.5.4 Test description

8.13.3.2.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.5.4.3.

8.13.3.2.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.5.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.1-2, 8.13.3.2.1-3 and 8.13.3.2.1-4 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.

6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.2.5.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.3.4.3

8.13.3.2.5.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 FDD

R.51-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.2

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 FDD

R.51 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.7

9.7

15MHz

R.51-3 FDD

R.51-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.6

9.6

20MHz

R.51-4 FDD

R.51-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.3

9.7

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 TDD

R.51-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.0

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 TDD

R.51 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.0

15MHz

R.51-3 TDD

R.51-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.1

20MHz

R.51-4 TDD

R.51-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.1

10.2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

4×20

20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

2

4×20

2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

3

3×20+15

20+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

4

2×15+2×20

2×15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

5

3×20+15

2×20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

6

2×15+2×20

2×15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

7

3×20+10

2×20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

8

4×20

3×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

9

10+3×20

10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

10

2×10+2×20

2×10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

11

2×10+20+15

2×10

20+15

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

12

10+3×20

10+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

13

10+15+2×20

10+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

14

10+15+2×20

10+15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC

≥8

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.2.6 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for FDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (5DL CA)
8.13.3.2.6.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.3.1

8.13.3.2.6.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, 11 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

8.13.3.2.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.1.

8.13.3.2.6.4 Test description

8.13.3.2.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.6.4.3.

8.13.3.2.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.6.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.1-2, 8.13.3.2.1-3 and 8.13.3.2.1-4 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.

6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.2.6.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.3.4.3

8.13.3.2.6.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 FDD

R.51-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.2

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 FDD

R.51 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.7

9.7

15MHz

R.51-3 FDD

R.51-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.6

9.6

20MHz

R.51-4 FDD

R.51-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.3

9.7

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 TDD

R.51-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.0

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 TDD

R.51 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.0

15MHz

R.51-3 TDD

R.51-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.1

20MHz

R.51-4 TDD

R.51-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.1

10.2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

15+4×20

15+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

2

2×15+3×20

2×15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

3

4×20+20

4×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

4

3×20+2×20

3×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

5

2×20+3×20

2×20

3X20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

6

20+4×20

20

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

7

10+4×20

10

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

8

10+20+3×20

10+20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

9

2×10+3×20

2×10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

10

10+2×20+2×20

10+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

11

10+15+20+2×20

10+15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.2.7 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for TDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (2DL CA)
8.13.3.2.7.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s rank-2 performance and ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 using DM-RS with full RB allocation with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power.

8.13.3.2.7.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

8.13.3.2.7.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.2.

8.13.3.2.7.4 Test description

8.13.3.2.7.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.7.4.3.

8.13.3.2.7.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.7.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.2-2, 8.13.3.2.2-3 and 8.13.3.2.2-4 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.7.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.7.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.

6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.2.7.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.2.7.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.6 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo

Not present

antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{

explicitValue-r10

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10

}

csi-RS-Config-r10

CSI-RS-Config-r10

}

Table 8.13.3.2.7.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo

Not present

antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{

explicitValue-r10

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10

}

csi-RS-Config-r10

CSI-RS-Config-r10

}

Table 8.13.3.2.7.4.3-3: AntennaInfoDedicated-r10

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm9-v1020

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

Not present

If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN only configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

Release

NULL

}

}

Table 8.13.3.2.7.4.3-4: CSI-RS-Config-r10

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-RS-r10 CHOICE{

setup SEQUENCE {

antennaPortsCount-r10

an2

Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals

resourceConfig-r10

8

Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration

subframeConfig-r10

3

= when CSI-RS SubframeConfig is from 0-4; Parameter:

FDD cell

4

TDD cell

p-C-r10

0

Parameter: which is the assumed ratio of PDSCH EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE when UE derives CSI feedback

}

}

zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10 CHOICE{

setup SEQUENCE {

zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList-r10

2

Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS

zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig-r10

3

Parameter:

FDD cell

4

TDD cell

}

}

}

8.13.3.2.7.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.7.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.7.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 FDD

R.51-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.2

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 FDD

R.51 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.7

9.7

15MHz

R.51-3 FDD

R.51-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.6

9.6

20MHz

R.51-4 FDD

R.51-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.3

9.7

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 TDD

R.51-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.0

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 TDD

R.51 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.0

15MHz

R.51-3 TDD

R.51-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.1

20MHz

R.51-4 TDD

R.51-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.1

10.2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.2.8 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for TDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (3DL CA)
8.13.3.2.8.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.7.1

8.13.3.2.8.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

8.13.3.2.8.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.2.

8.13.3.2.8.4 Test description

8.13.3.2.8.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.8.4.3.

8.13.3.2.8.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.8.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.2-2, 8.13.3.2.2-3 and 8.13.3.2.2-4 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.8.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.

6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.2.8.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.7.4.3

8.13.3.2.8.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.8.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 FDD

R.51-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.2

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 FDD

R.51 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.7

9.7

15MHz

R.51-3 FDD

R.51-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.6

9.6

20MHz

R.51-4 FDD

R.51-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.3

9.7

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 TDD

R.51-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.0

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 TDD

R.51 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.0

15MHz

R.51-3 TDD

R.51-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.1

20MHz

R.51-4 TDD

R.51-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.1

10.2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

3×20

20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+20+15

15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+20+10

10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC

≥5

4

3×20

2×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC

≥5

5

20+20+15

20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC

≥5

6

20+20+10

20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC

≥5

7

20+10+10

2×10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC

≥5

8

10+15+20

10

15+20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC

≥5

9

10+15+20

10+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.2.9 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for TDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (4DL CA)
8.13.3.2.9.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.7.1

8.13.3.2.9.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

8.13.3.2.9.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.2.

8.13.3.2.9.4 Test description

8.13.3.2.9.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.9.4.3.

8.13.3.2.9.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.9.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.2-2, 8.13.3.2.2-3 and 8.13.3.2.2-4 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.

6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.2.9.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.7.4.3

8.13.3.2.9.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 FDD

R.51-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.2

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 FDD

R.51 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.7

9.7

15MHz

R.51-3 FDD

R.51-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.6

9.6

20MHz

R.51-4 FDD

R.51-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.3

9.7

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 TDD

R.51-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.0

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 TDD

R.51 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.0

15MHz

R.51-3 TDD

R.51-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.1

20MHz

R.51-4 TDD

R.51-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.1

10.2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

4×20

20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

2

4×20

2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

3

3×20+15

20+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

4

2×15+2×20

2×15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

5

3×20+15

2×20+15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

6

2×15+2×20

2×15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

7

3×20+10

2×20+10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

8

4×20

3×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

9

10+3×20

10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

10

2×10+2×20

2×10

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

11

2×10+20+15

2×10

20+15

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

12

10+3×20

10+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

13

10+15+2×20

10+15

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

14

10+15+2×20

10+15+20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC

≥8

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.2.10 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for TDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (5DL CA)
8.13.3.2.10.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.7.1

8.13.3.2.10.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, 11 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

8.13.3.2.10.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.2.

8.13.3.2.10.4 Test description

8.13.3.2.10.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.10.4.3.

8.13.3.2.10.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.10.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.2-2, 8.13.3.2.2-3 and 8.13.3.2.2-4 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.

6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.2.10.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.7.4.3

8.13.3.2.10.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 FDD

R.51-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.2

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 FDD

R.51 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.7

9.7

15MHz

R.51-3 FDD

R.51-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.6

9.6

20MHz

R.51-4 FDD

R.51-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.3

9.7

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.51-2 TDD

R.51-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.0

9.9

10 MHz

R.51 TDD

R.51 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.0

15MHz

R.51-3 TDD

R.51-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

13.9

10.1

20MHz

R.51-4 TDD

R.51-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

ETU5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

14.1

10.2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

15+4×20

15+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

2

2×15+3×20

2×15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

3

4×20+20

4×20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

4

3×20+2×20

3×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

5

2×20+3×20

2×20

3X20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

6

20+4×20

20

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

7

10+4×20

10

4×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

8

10+20+3×20

10+20

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

9

2×10+3×20

2×10

3×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

10

10+2×20+2×20

10+2×20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

11

10+15+20+2×20

10+15+20

2×20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC

8, ≥11

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.3 Enhanced Performance Requirements Type A Closed-loop spatial multiplexing

8.13.3.3.1 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Single Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 with TM4 Interference Model-Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD Pcell (2DL CA)

8.13.3.3.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause B.5.3.

8.13.3.3.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band.

8.13.3.3.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

In Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model for CA

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 2

Downlink power allocation

dB

-3

-3

dB

-3 (Note 1)

-3

σ

dB

0

0

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna ports 0,1

Antenna ports 0,1

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

N/A

DIP (Note 2)

dB

N/A

-1.73

Cell Id

0, 1

126, 127

PDSCH transmission mode

6

4

Interference model

N/A

As specified in clause B.5.3

Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells

Rank 1

%

N/A

80

Rank 2

%

N/A

20

Precoding granularity

PRB

25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs

4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 4)

FDD CC

ms

8

N/A

TDD CC

ms

10 or 11

N/A

Reporting interval

ms

5

N/A

Reporting mode

PUCCH 1-1

N/A

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

1111

N/A

Physical channel for CQI reporting

PUSCH (Note 7)

N/A

cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex

FDD PCC

4

N/A

TDD SCC

5

N/A

Note 1:

Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.

Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell.

Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous.

Note 6: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs.

Note 7: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs.

Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.47-1 FDD

R.47-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.8

-3.0

10 MHz

R.47 FDD

R.47 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.0

-2.7

15MHz

R.47-2 FDD

R.47-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.8

-2.9

20MHz

R.47-3 FDD

R.47-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.1

-2.8

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.47-1 TDD

R.47-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.8

-2.8

10 MHz

R.47 TDD

R.47 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.3

-2.5

15MHz

R.47-2 TDD

R.47-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.0

-2.7

20MHz

R.47-3 TDD

R.47-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.3

-2.3

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.3.

8.13.3.3.1.4 Test description

8.13.3.3.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.1-1.

Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 2DL CA for FDD PCell

CA Capability

Bandwidth Combination

20+20

10+20

15+20

Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)

Test 1

Test 2

Test3

Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested.
For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.3.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.3.1.4.3.

8.13.3.3.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.3.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1B for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.3.1.3-1, 8.13.3.3.1.3-2 and 8.13.3.3.1.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2, #3, #7 and #8 (Table A.2.2.1.2-1).

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5, on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.13.3.3.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo CHOICE {

antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode

tm6

codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {

n2TxAntenna-tm6

1111

}

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

Release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfig-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

}

Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm6

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

1111

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

}

}

Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

Not present

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic

Not present

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex

0

cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex

4

Pcell

5

Scell

cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {

widebandCQI

NULL

}

ri-ConfigIndex

NULL

Pcell,

Scell

simultaneousAckNackAndCQI

FALSE

}

}

}

8.13.3.3.1.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-3.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model for CA

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 2

Downlink power allocation

dB

-3

-3

dB

-3 (Note 1)

-3

σ

dB

0

0

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna ports 0,1

Antenna ports 0,1

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

N/A

DIP (Note 2)

dB

N/A

-1.45

Cell Id

0, 1

126, 127

PDSCH transmission mode

6

4

Interference model

N/A

As specified in clause B.5.3

Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells

Rank 1

%

N/A

80

Rank 2

%

N/A

20

Precoding granularity

PRB

25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs

4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 4)

FDD CC

ms

8

N/A

TDD CC

ms

10 or 11

N/A

Reporting interval

ms

5

N/A

Reporting mode

PUCCH 1-1

N/A

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

1111

N/A

Physical channel for CQI reporting

PUSCH (Note 7)

N/A

cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex

FDD PCC

4

N/A

TDD SCC

5

N/A

Note 1:

Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.

Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell.

Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous.

Note 6: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs.

Note 7: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs.

Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.47-1 FDD

R.47-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.78

-2.02

10 MHz

R.47 FDD

R.47 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.98

-1.72

15MHz

R.47-2 FDD

R.47-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.78

-1.92

20MHz

R.47-3 FDD

R.47-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

2.08

-1.82

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.47-1 TDD

R.47-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.78

-1.82

10 MHz

R.47 TDD

R.47 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

2.28

-1.52

15MHz

R.47-2 TDD

R.47-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.98

-1.72

20MHz

R.47-3 TDD

R.47-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

2.28

-1.32

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.3.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Single Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 with TM4 Interference Model-Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD Pcell (2DL CA)

8.13.3.3.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause B.5.3.

8.13.3.3.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band.

8.13.3.3.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

In Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model for CA

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 2

Downlink power allocation

dB

-3

-3

dB

-3 (Note 1)

-3

σ

dB

0

0

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna ports 0,1

Antenna ports 0,1

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

N/A

DIP (Note 2)

dB

N/A

-1.73

Cell Id

0, 1

126, 127

PDSCH transmission mode

6

4

Interference model

N/A

As specified in clause B.5.3

Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells

Rank 1

%

N/A

80

Rank 2

%

N/A

20

Precoding granularity

PRB

25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs

4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 4)

FDD CC

ms

8

N/A

TDD CC

ms

10 or 11

N/A

Reporting interval

ms

5

N/A

Reporting mode

PUCCH 1-1

N/A

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

1111

N/A

Note 1:

Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.

Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell.

Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous.

Note 6: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs.

Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.47-1 FDD

R.47-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.8

-3.0

10 MHz

R.47 FDD

R.47 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.0

-2.7

15MHz

R.47-2 FDD

R.47-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.8

-2.9

20MHz

R.47-3 FDD

R.47-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.1

-2.8

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD PCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.47-1 TDD

R.47-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.8

-2.8

10 MHz

R.47 TDD

R.47 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.3

-2.5

15MHz

R.47-2 TDD

R.47-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.0

-2.7

20MHz

R.47-3 TDD

R.47-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.3

-2.3

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.3.

8.13.3.3.2.4 Test description

8.13.3.3.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.1-1.

Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 2DL CA for TDD PCell

CA Capability

Bandwidth Combination

20+20

10+20

15+20

Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)

Test 1

Test 2

Test3

Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested.
For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.89.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.3.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.3.2.4.3.

8.13.3.3.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.3.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1B for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.3.2.3-1, 8.13.3.3.2.3-2 and 8.13.3.3.1.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #1, #4, #6 and #9 (Table A.2.3.1.2-1).

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5, on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.13.3.3.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo CHOICE {

antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode

tm6

codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {

n2TxAntenna-tm6

1111

}

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

Release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfig-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

}

Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm6

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

1111

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

}

}

Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

Not present

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic

Not present

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex

0

cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex

4

Pcell

3

Scell

cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {

widebandCQI

NULL

}

ri-ConfigIndex

NULL

simultaneousAckNackAndCQI

FALSE

}

}

}

8.13.3.3.2.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-3.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model for CA

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 2

Downlink power allocation

dB

-3

-3

dB

-3 (Note 1)

-3

σ

dB

0

0

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna ports 0,1

Antenna ports 0,1

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

N/A

DIP (Note 2)

dB

N/A

-1.45

Cell Id

0, 1

126, 127

PDSCH transmission mode

6

4

Interference model

N/A

As specified in clause B.5.3

Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells

Rank 1

%

N/A

80

Rank 2

%

N/A

20

Precoding granularity

PRB

25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs

4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 4)

FDD CC

ms

8

N/A

TDD CC

ms

10 or 11

N/A

Reporting interval

ms

5

N/A

Reporting mode

PUCCH 1-1

N/A

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

1111

N/A

Note 1:

Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.

Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell.

Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous.

Note 6: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs.

Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.47-1 FDD

R.47-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.78

-2.02

10 MHz

R.47 FDD

R.47 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.98

-1.72

15MHz

R.47-2 FDD

R.47-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.78

-1.92

20MHz

R.47-3 FDD

R.47-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

2.08

-1.82

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD PCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.47-1 TDD

R.47-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.78

-1.82

10 MHz

R.47 TDD

R.47 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

[2.28

-1.52

15MHz

R.47-2 TDD

R.47-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.98

-1.72

20MHz

R.47-3 TDD

R.47-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

2.28

-1.32

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.4 Enhanced Performance Requirements Type A – Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.13.3.4.1 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 on antenna ports 7 or 8 with TM9 Interference Model-Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD Pcell (2DL CA)

8.13.3.4.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.5.4.

8.13.3.4.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 to release 14 UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 103.

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 15 and forward UE of Categories 5 to 10 (except for Category 8), and UE DL Categories up to 10 or DL Category 13 that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 103.

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 15 and forward UE of Category 8, Categories 11 and higher, or UE DL Categories 11, 12, 14 and higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band.

8.13.3.4.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

In Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9 interference model for CA

parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 2

Downlink power allocation

dB

0

0

dB

0 (Note 1)

0

σ

dB

-3

-3

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna ports 0,1

Antenna ports 0,1

CSI reference signals

Antenna ports 15,16

N/A

CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / CSI-RS

FDD CC

Subframes

5 / 2

N/A

TDD CC

5 / 4

N/A

CSI reference signal configuration

0

N/A

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

N/A

DIP (Note 2)

dB

N/A

-1.73

Cell Id

0

126

PDSCH transmission mode

9

9

Beamforming model

As specified in clause B.4.3

(Note 4, 5)

N/A

Interference model

N/A

As specified in clause B.5.4

Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells

Rank 1

N/A

70

Rank 2

N/A

30

Precoder update granularity

PRB

25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs

4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 5)

FDD CC

Ms

8

N/A

TDD CC

10 or 11

N/A

Reporting interval

Ms

5

N/A

Reporting mode

PUCCH 1-1

N/A

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

001111

N/A

Symbols for unused PRBs

OCNG (Note 6)

N/A

Simultaneous transmission

No simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in (7 or 8) used for the input signal under test

N/A

Physical channel for CQI reporting

PUSCH(Note 8)

N/A

cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex

FDD PCC

4

N/A

TDDS CC

5

N/A

Note 1:

Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.

Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8.

Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI.

Note 5: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 6: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Note 7: All cells are time-synchronous.

Note 8: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs.

Note 9: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs.

Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for FDD PCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.76-1 FDD

R.76-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.4

0-2.

10 MHz

R.76 FDD

R.76-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.1

-1.8

15MHz

R.76-2 FDD

R.76-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.2

-1.9

20MHz

R.76-3 FDD

R.76-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.4

-1.7

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.76-1 TDD

R.76-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.6

-2.4

10 MHz

R.76 TDD

R.76-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.1

-2.1

15MHz

R.76-2 TDD

R.76-6 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.2

-2.1

20MHz

R.76-3 TDD

R.76-7 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.4

-2.1

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-4: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2 DL CCs

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.4.

8.13.3.4.1.4 Test description

8.13.3.4.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.1-1.

Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM9 TDD FDD 2DL CA for FDD PCell

CA Capability

Bandwidth Combination

20+20

10+20

15+20

Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)

Test 1

Test 2

Test3

Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested.
For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1] and 8.13.3.4.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.4.1.4.3.

8.13.3.4.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.4.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.4.1.3-1, 8.13.3.4.1.3-2 and 8.13.3.4.1.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2, #3, #7 and #8 (Table A.2.2.1.2-1).

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 as appropriate.
BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna port 7 (or 8) using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.3 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.3.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5, on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.13.3.4.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-1: Void

Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-2: AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm9-v1020

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

001111

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportConfig

Not present

antennaInfo

Not present

antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{

explicitValue-r10

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT

}

cqi-ReportConfig-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

csi-RS-Config-r10

CSI-RS-Config-r10

}

Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-4: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{

explicitValue-r10

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT

}

csi-RS-Config-r10

CSI-RS-Config-r10

}

}

ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10SCell-DEFAULT

}

}

Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-5: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AB CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

Not present

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Setup

}

Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-6: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AC: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r10

0

cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex

4

Pcell

5

Scell

cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {

widebandCQI-r10 SEQUENCE {

csi-ReportMode-r10

Not present

}

}

ri-ConfigIndex

483

Pcell, Scell

simultaneousAckNackAndCQI

FALSE

}

}

Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-7: CSI-RS-Config-r10

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-RS-r10 CHOICE{

setup SEQUENCE {

antennaPortsCount-r10

an2

Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals

resourceConfig-r10

0

Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration

subframeConfig-r10

2

= when CSI-RS SubframeConfig is from 0-4; = 5;

Parameter:

PCell

4

SCell

p-C-r10

-3 dB

Parameter: which is the assumed ratio of PDSCH EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE when UE derives CSI feedback

}

}

zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10 CHOICE{

release

NULL

}

}

Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-8: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10

Not Present

pmi-RI-Report-r9

setup

}

8.13.3.4.1.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-3.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9 interference model for CA

parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 2

Downlink power allocation

dB

0

0

dB

0 (Note 1)

0

σ

dB

-3

-3

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna ports 0,1

Antenna ports 0,1

CSI reference signals

Antenna ports 15,16

N/A

CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / CSI-RS

FDD CC

Subframes

5 / 2

N/A

TDD CC

5 / 4

N/A

CSI reference signal configuration

0

N/A

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

N/A

DIP (Note 2)

dB

N/A

-1.45

Cell Id

0

126

PDSCH transmission mode

9

9

Beamforming model

As specified in clause B.4.3

(Note 4, 5)

N/A

Interference model

N/A

As specified in clause B.5.4

Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells

Rank 1

N/A

70

Rank 2

N/A

30

Precoder update granularity

PRB

25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs

4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 5)

FDD CC

Ms

8

N/A

TDD CC

10 or 11

N/A

Reporting interval

Ms

5

N/A

Reporting mode

PUCCH 1-1

N/A

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

001111

N/A

Symbols for unused PRBs

OCNG (Note 6)

N/A

Simultaneous transmission

No simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in (7 or 8) used for the input signal under test

N/A

Physical channel for CQI reporting

PUSCH(Note 8)

N/A

cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex

FDD PCC

4

N/A

TDDS CC

5

N/A

Note 1:

Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.

Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8.

Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI.

Note 5: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 6: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Note 7: All cells are time-synchronous.

Note 8: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs.

Note 9: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs.

Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for FDD PCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.76-1 FDD

R.76-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.58

-1.02

10 MHz

R.76 FDD

R.76-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.08

-0.82

15MHz

R.76-2 FDD

R.76-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.78

-0.92

20MHz

R.76-3 FDD

R.76-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.58

-0.72

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.76-1 TDD

R.76-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.38

-1.42

10 MHz

R.76 TDD

R.76-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.88

-1.12

15MHz

R.76-2 TDD

R.76-6 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.78

-1.12

20MHz

R.76-3 TDD

R.76-7 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.58

-1.12

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-4: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2 DL CCs

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.4.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 on antenna ports 7 or 8 with TM9 Interference Model-Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD Pcell (2DL CA)

8.13.3.4.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.5.4.

8.13.3.4.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 to release 14 UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 103.

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 15 and forward UE of Categories 5 to 10 (except for Category 8), and UE DL Categories up to 10 or DL Category 13 that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 103.

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 15 and forward UE of Category 8, Categories 11 and higher, or UE DL Categories 11, 12, 14 and higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band.

8.13.3.4.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

In Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9 interference model for CA

parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 2

Downlink power allocation

dB

0

0

dB

0 (Note 1)

0

σ

dB

-3

-3

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna ports 0,1

Antenna ports 0,1

CSI reference signals

Antenna ports 15,16

N/A

CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / CSI-RS

FDD CC

Subframes

5 / 2

N/A

TDD CC

5 / 4

N/A

CSI reference signal configuration

0

N/A

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

N/A

DIP (Note 2)

dB

N/A

-1.73

Cell Id

0

126

PDSCH transmission mode

9

9

Beamforming model

As specified in clause B.4.3

(Note 4, 5)

N/A

Interference model

N/A

As specified in clause B.5.4

Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells

Rank 1

N/A

70

Rank 2

N/A

30

Precoder update granularity

PRB

25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs

4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 5)

FDD CC

Ms

8

N/A

TDD CC

10 or 11

N/A

Reporting interval

Ms

5

N/A

Reporting mode

PUCCH 1-1

N/A

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

001111

N/A

Symbols for unused PRBs

OCNG (Note 6)

N/A

Simultaneous transmission

No simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in (7 or 8) used for the input signal under test

N/A

Physical channel for CQI reporting

PUSCH(Note 8)

N/A

cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex

FDD CC

3

N/A

TDD CC

4

N/A

Note 1:

Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.

Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8.

Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI.

Note 5: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 6: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Note 7: All cells are time-synchronous.

Note 8: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs.

Note 9: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs.

Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.76-1 FDD

R.76-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.4

-0.2

10 MHz

R.76 FDD

R.76-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.1

-1.8

15MHz

R.76-2 FDD

R.76-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.2

-1.9

20MHz

R.76-3 FDD

R.76-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.4

-1.7

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for TDD PCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.76-1 TDD

R.76-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.6

-2.4

10 MHz

R.76 TDD

R.76-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.1

-2.1

15MHz

R.76-2 TDD

R.76-6 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.2

-2.1

20MHz

R.76-3 TDD

R.76-7 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

-0.4

-2.1

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-4: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2 DL CCs

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.4.

8.13.3.4.2.4 Test description

8.13.3.4.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.1-1.

Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM9 TDD FDD 2DL CA for TDD PCell

CA Capability

Bandwidth Combination

20+20

10+20

15+20

Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)

Test 1

Test 2

Test3

Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested.
For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.89.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.4.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.4.1.4.3.

8.13.3.4.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.4.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.4.2.3-1, 8.13.3.4.2.3-2 and 8.13.3.4.2.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #1, #4, #6 and #9 (Table A.2.3.1.2-1).

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 as appropriate.
BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna port 7 (or 8) using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.3 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.3.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5, on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.13.3.4.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-1: Void

Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-2: AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm9-v1020

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

001111

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportConfig

Not present

antennaInfo

Not present

antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{

explicitValue-r10

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT

}

cqi-ReportConfig-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

csi-RS-Config-r10

CSI-RS-Config-r10

}

Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-4: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{

explicitValue-r10

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT

}

csi-RS-Config-r10

CSI-RS-Config-r10

}

}

ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

}

}

Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

Not present

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Setup

}

Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AC: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r10

0

cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex

3

Pcell

4

Scell

cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {

widebandCQI-r10 SEQUENCE {

NULL

csi-ReportMode-r10

Not present

}

}

ri-ConfigIndex

NULL

simultaneousAckNackAndCQI

FALSE

}

}

Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-7: CSI-RS-Config-r10

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-RS-r10 CHOICE{

setup SEQUENCE {

antennaPortsCount-r10

an2

Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals

resourceConfig-r10

0

Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration

subframeConfig-r10

4

= when CSI-RS SubframeConfig is from 0-4; = 5;

Parameter:

PCell

2

SCell

p-C-r10

-3 dB

Parameter: which is the assumed ratio of PDSCH EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE when UE derives CSI feedback

}

}

zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10 CHOICE{

release

NULL

}

}

Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-8: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10

Not Present

pmi-RI-Report-r9

setup

}

8.13.3.4.2.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-3.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9 interference model for CA

parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 2

Downlink power allocation

dB

0

0

dB

0 (Note 1)

0

σ

dB

-3

-3

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna ports 0,1

Antenna ports 0,1

CSI reference signals

Antenna ports 15,16

N/A

CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / CSI-RS

FDD CC

Subframes

5 / 2

N/A

TDD CC

5 / 4

N/A

CSI reference signal configuration

0

N/A

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

N/A

DIP (Note 2)

dB

N/A

-1.45

Cell Id

0

126

PDSCH transmission mode

9

9

Beamforming model

As specified in clause B.4.3

(Note 4, 5)

N/A

Interference model

N/A

As specified in clause B.5.4

Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells

Rank 1

N/A

70

Rank 2

N/A

30

Precoder update granularity

PRB

25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs

4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 5)

FDD CC

Ms

8

N/A

TDD CC

10 or 11

N/A

Reporting interval

Ms

5

N/A

Reporting mode

PUCCH 1-1

N/A

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

001111

N/A

Symbols for unused PRBs

OCNG (Note 6)

N/A

Simultaneous transmission

No simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in (7 or 8) used for the input signal under test

N/A

Physical channel for CQI reporting

PUSCH(Note 8)

N/A

cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex

FDD CC

3

N/A

TDD CC

4

N/A

Note 1:

Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.

Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8.

Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI.

Note 5: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 6: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Note 7: All cells are time-synchronous.

Note 8: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs.

Note 9: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs.

Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.76-1 FDD

R.76-4 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.58

-1.02

10 MHz

R.76 FDD

R.76-5 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

1.08

-0.82

15MHz

R.76-2 FDD

R.76-6 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.78

-0.92

20MHz

R.76-3 FDD

R.76-7 FDD

OP.1 FDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.58

-0.72

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for TDD PCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)

Reference Value

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 1

Cell 2

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)

SINR (dB) (Note 2)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.76-1 TDD

R.76-4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.38

-1.42

10 MHz

R.76 TDD

R.76-5 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.88

-1.12

15MHz

R.76-2 TDD

R.76-6 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.78

-1.12

20MHz

R.76-3 TDD

R.76-7 TDD

OP.1 TDD

N/A

EVA5

EVA5

2×2 Low

2×4 Low

70

0.58

-1.12

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.

Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-4: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2 DL CCs

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.5

8.13.3.6 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance 4Tx Antenna Port with 256QAM

8.13.3.6.1 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 with 256QAM for FDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.13.3.6.1.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.13.3.6.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA and 256QAM in DL with FDD as PCell in any FDD or TDD RF band.

8.13.3.6.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter

Unit

Value

Downlink power allocation

dB

-6

dB

-6 (Note 1)

σ

dB

3

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

Precoding granularity

PRB

Wideband precoding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 2)

FDD CC

ms

8

TDD CC

ms

10 or 11

Reporting interval

FDD CC

ms

1

TDD CC

ms

1 or 4 (Note 3)

Reporting mode

PUSCH 1-2

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

CSI request field (Note 3)

‘10’

PDSCH transmission mode

4

Note 1: .

Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers.

Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3.

Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.72-1 FDD

R.72-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

23.4

19.3

10 MHz

R.72 FDD

R.72 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.6

18.0

15MHz

R.72-2 FDD

R.72-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.7

17.4

20MHz

R.72-3 FDD

R.72-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.8

17.5

Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.72-1 TDD

R.72-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.4

18.0

10 MHz

R.72 TDD

R.72 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.4

17.5

15MHz

R.72-2 TDD

R.72-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.5

17.1

20MHz

R.72-3 TDD

R.72-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.6

17.2

Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.6.

8.13.3.6.1.4 Test description

8.13.3.6.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables [8.13.3-1] and 8.13.3.6.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.6.1.4.3.

8.13.3.6.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.6.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.6.1.3-1 and 8.13.3.6.1.3-2 or 8.13.3.6.1.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 or 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.13.3.6.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

p-a

dB-6

}

Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo CHOICE {

explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {

n4TxAntenna-tm4

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

}

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfig-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250

CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT

DL 256QAM

}

Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

BIT STRING

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-v1250

CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT

DL 256QAM

}

Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic

rm12

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

RBC

cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r9

Not present

csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11000000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-7: CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

cqiCQI-ReportBoth-v1250

Not present

cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250

Not present

altCQI-Table-r12

allSubframes

DL 256QAM

}

Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-8: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

betaOffset-ACK-Index

5

betaOffset-RI-Index

6

betaOffset-CQI-Index

5

}

8.13.3.6.1.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 and 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 or 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.72-1 FDD

R.72-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

24.3

20.2

10 MHz

R.72 FDD

R.72 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.5

18.9

15MHz

R.72-2 FDD

R.72-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.6

18.3

20MHz

R.72-3 FDD

R.72-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.7

18.4

Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.72-1 TDD

R.72-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

23.3

18.9

10 MHz

R.72 TDD

R.72 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.3

18.4

15MHz

R.72-2 TDD

R.72-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.4

18

20MHz

R.72-3 TDD

R.72-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.5

18.1

Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.6.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 with 256QAM for TDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.13.3.6.2.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.13.3.6.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA and 256QAM in DL with TDD as PCell in any FDD or TDD RF band.

8.13.3.6.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter

Unit

Value

Downlink power allocation

dB

-6

dB

-6 (Note 1)

σ

dB

3

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

Precoding granularity

PRB

Wideband pre-coding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 2)

FDD CC

ms

8

TDD CC

ms

10 or 11

Reporting interval

FDD CC

ms

1

TDD CC

ms

1 or 4 (Note 3)

Reporting mode

PUSCH 1-2

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

CSI request field (Note 3)

‘10’

PDSCH transmission mode

4

Note 1: .

Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers.

Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3.

Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.72-1 FDD

R.72-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

23.4

19.3

10 MHz

R.72 FDD

R.72 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.6

18.0

15MHz

R.72-2 FDD

R.72-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.7

17.4

20MHz

R.72-3 FDD

R.72-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.8

17.5

Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.72-1 TDD

R.72-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.4

18.0

10 MHz

R.72 TDD

R.72 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.4

17.5

15MHz

R.72-2 TDD

R.72-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.5

17.1

20MHz

R.72-3 TDD

R.72-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

21.6

17.2

Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.6.

8.13.3.6.2.4 Test description

8.13.3.6.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables [8.13.3-1] and 8.13.3.6.2.3-1as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.6.2.4.3.

8.13.3.6.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.6.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.6.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.6.2.3-2 or 8.13.3.6.2.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.13.3.6.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

p-a

dB-6

}

Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo CHOICE {

explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {

n4TxAntenna-tm4

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

}

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfig-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250

CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT

DL 256QAM

}

Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000

BIT STRING

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-v1250

CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT

DL 256QAM

}

Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic

rm12

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

RBC

cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r9

Not present

csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11000000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm12

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-7: CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

cqiCQI-ReportBoth-v1250

Not present

cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250

Not present

altCQI-Table-r12

allSubframes

DL 256QAM

}

Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-8: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

betaOffset-ACK-Index

5

betaOffset-RI-Index

6

betaOffset-CQI-Index

5

}

8.13.3.6.2.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 and 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.72-1 FDD

R.72-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

24.3

20.2

10 MHz

R.72 FDD

R.72 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.5

18.9

15MHz

R.72-2 FDD

R.72-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.6

18.3

20MHz

R.72-3 FDD

R.72-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.7

18.4

Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

2Rx CC

4Rx CC

5MHz

R.72-1 TDD

R.72-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

23.3

18.9

10 MHz

R.72 TDD

R.72 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.3

18.4

15MHz

R.72-2 TDD

R.72-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.4

18

20MHz

R.72-3 TDD

R.72-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

4×4 Low

70

22.5

18.1

Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.7 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance 4Tx Antenna Port with Four layers

8.13.3.7.1 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Four-Layer Spatial Multiplexing for FDD PCell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.7.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s rank-four performance and ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for four-layer transmission on 4Tx and 4Rx under CA.

8.13.3.7.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCell in any FDD or TDD RF band.

8.13.3.7.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter

Unit

Value

Downlink power allocation

dB

-6

dB

-6 (Note 1)

σ

dB

0

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna Ports 0,1,2,3

Precoding granularity

PRB

25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 2)

FDD CC

ms

8

TDD CC

ms

10 or 11

Reporting interval

FDD CC

ms

1

TDD CC

ms

1 or 4 (Note 3)

Reporting mode

PUSCH 3-1

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

0xFFFF000000000000

CSI request field (Note 3)

‘10’

PDSCH transmission mode

4

PDSCH rank

4

Note 1: .

Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers.

Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection

Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5MHz

R.74-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.1

10MHz

R.74 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.9

15MHz

R.74-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.3

20MHz

R.74-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.4

Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5MHz

R.74-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.5

10MHz

R.74 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.4

15MHz

R.74-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.6

20MHz

R.74-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.8

Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.1-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.1-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.1-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.7.1.

8.13.3.7.1.4 Test description

8.13.3.7.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.1.1.3.4.3.

8.13.3.7.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.1.2.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.7.1.3-1 and 8.13.3.7.1.3-2 and 8.13.3.7.1.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.7.1.5-1 or 8.13.3.7.1.5-2 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3A.5 and G.3A.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.7.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 4.6 and 5.5 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

p-a

dB-6

}

Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo CHOICE {

explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {

n4TxAntenna-tm4

0xFFFF000000000000

}

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfig-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

}

Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

0xFFFF000000000000

BIT STRING

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

}

}

Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic

rm31

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

RBC

cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r9

Not present

csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm31

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11000000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm31

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-7: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.2.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

lateNonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

Not present

lateNonCriticalExtension

Not present

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

maxLayersMIMO-r10

fourLayers

}

}

}

}

Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-8: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

betaOffset-ACK-Index

5

betaOffset-RI-Index

6

betaOffset-CQI-Index

5

}

8.13.3.7.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-1 define the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.7.1.5-1, 8.13.3.7.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.7.1.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5MHz

R.74-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.0

10MHz

R.74 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.8

15MHz

R.74-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.2

20MHz

R.74-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.3

Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5MHz

R.74-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.4

10MHz

R.74 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.3

15MHz

R.74-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.5

20MHz

R.74-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.7

Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-3 Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.13.3.7.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Four-Layer Spatial Multiplexing for TDD PCell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.7.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s rank-four performance and ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for four-layer transmission on 4Tx and 4Rx under CA.

8.13.3.7.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCell in any FDD or TDD RF band.

8.13.3.7.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter

Unit

Value

Downlink power allocation

dB

-6

dB

-6 (Note 1)

σ

dB

0

at antenna port

dBm/15kHz

-98

Cell-specific reference signals

Antenna Ports 0,1,2,3

Precoding granularity

PRB

25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs

PMI delay (Note 2)

FDD CC

ms

8

TDD CC

ms

10 or 11

Reporting interval

FDD CC

ms

1

TDD CC

ms

1 or 4 (Note 3)

Reporting mode

PUSCH 3-1

CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap

0xFFFF000000000000

CSI request field (Note 3)

‘10’

PDSCH transmission mode

4

PDSCH rank

4

Note 1: .

Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers.

Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection

Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5MHz

R.74-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.1

10MHz

R.74 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.9

15MHz

R.74-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.3

20MHz

R.74-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.4

Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5MHz

R.74-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.5

10MHz

R.74 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.4

15MHz

R.74-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.6

20MHz

R.74-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

14.8

Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-3 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-3 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-3 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.7.2.

8.13.3.7.2.4 Test description

8.13.3.7.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.1.1.3.4.3.

8.13.3.7.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.7.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.7.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.7.2.3-2 and 8.13.3.7.2.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.7.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.7.2.5-2 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3A.5 and G.3A.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.13.3.7.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 4.6 and 5.5 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

p-a

dB-6

}

Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo CHOICE {

explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {

n4TxAntenna-tm4

0xFFFF000000000000

}

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

cqi-ReportConfig-r10

CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

}

Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10

tm4

codebookSubsetRestriction-r10

0xFFFF000000000000

BIT STRING

ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

}

}

Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic

rm31

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

RBC

cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

0

cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r9

Not present

csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm31

aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger1-r10

11000000

P-Cell, S-Cell report

trigger2-r10

00000000

No report

}

}

}

Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10

rm31

nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10

0

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10

Not present

pmi-RI-Report-r10

Not present

}

Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-7: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.2.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

lateNonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

Not present

lateNonCriticalExtension

Not present

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

maxLayersMIMO-r10

fourLayers

}

}

}

}

Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-8: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

betaOffset-ACK-Index

5

betaOffset-RI-Index

6

betaOffset-CQI-Index

5

}

8.13.3.7.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-1 define the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.7.2.5-1, 8.13.3.7.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.7.2.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5MHz

R.74-1 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.0

10MHz

R.74 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.8

15MHz

R.74-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.2

20MHz

R.74-3 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.3

Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config

Reference value

Fraction of maximum throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5MHz

R.74-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.4

10MHz

R.74 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.3

15MHz

R.74-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.5

20MHz

R.74-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EPA5

4×4 Low

70

15.7

Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number

Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)

Minimum performance requirement

UE Category

Total

FDD CC

TDD CC

1

2×20

20

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 per CC

≥5

2

20+10

10

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 per CC

≥5

3

20+15

15

20

As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 per CC

≥5

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.